1. Packages
  2. Google Cloud Native
  3. API Docs
  4. compute
  5. compute/beta
  6. BackendService

Google Cloud Native is in preview. Google Cloud Classic is fully supported.

Google Cloud Native v0.31.1 published on Thursday, Jul 20, 2023 by Pulumi

google-native.compute/beta.BackendService

Explore with Pulumi AI

google-native logo

Google Cloud Native is in preview. Google Cloud Classic is fully supported.

Google Cloud Native v0.31.1 published on Thursday, Jul 20, 2023 by Pulumi

    Creates a BackendService resource in the specified project using the data included in the request. For more information, see Backend services overview .

    Create BackendService Resource

    new BackendService(name: string, args?: BackendServiceArgs, opts?: CustomResourceOptions);
    @overload
    def BackendService(resource_name: str,
                       opts: Optional[ResourceOptions] = None,
                       affinity_cookie_ttl_sec: Optional[int] = None,
                       backends: Optional[Sequence[BackendArgs]] = None,
                       cdn_policy: Optional[BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs] = None,
                       circuit_breakers: Optional[CircuitBreakersArgs] = None,
                       compression_mode: Optional[BackendServiceCompressionMode] = None,
                       connection_draining: Optional[ConnectionDrainingArgs] = None,
                       connection_tracking_policy: Optional[BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs] = None,
                       consistent_hash: Optional[ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs] = None,
                       custom_request_headers: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                       custom_response_headers: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                       description: Optional[str] = None,
                       enable_cdn: Optional[bool] = None,
                       failover_policy: Optional[BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs] = None,
                       health_checks: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                       iap: Optional[BackendServiceIAPArgs] = None,
                       load_balancing_scheme: Optional[BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme] = None,
                       locality_lb_policies: Optional[Sequence[BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs]] = None,
                       locality_lb_policy: Optional[BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy] = None,
                       log_config: Optional[BackendServiceLogConfigArgs] = None,
                       max_stream_duration: Optional[DurationArgs] = None,
                       metadatas: Optional[Mapping[str, str]] = None,
                       name: Optional[str] = None,
                       network: Optional[str] = None,
                       outlier_detection: Optional[OutlierDetectionArgs] = None,
                       port: Optional[int] = None,
                       port_name: Optional[str] = None,
                       project: Optional[str] = None,
                       protocol: Optional[BackendServiceProtocol] = None,
                       request_id: Optional[str] = None,
                       security_settings: Optional[SecuritySettingsArgs] = None,
                       service_bindings: Optional[Sequence[str]] = None,
                       session_affinity: Optional[BackendServiceSessionAffinity] = None,
                       subsetting: Optional[SubsettingArgs] = None,
                       timeout_sec: Optional[int] = None)
    @overload
    def BackendService(resource_name: str,
                       args: Optional[BackendServiceArgs] = None,
                       opts: Optional[ResourceOptions] = None)
    func NewBackendService(ctx *Context, name string, args *BackendServiceArgs, opts ...ResourceOption) (*BackendService, error)
    public BackendService(string name, BackendServiceArgs? args = null, CustomResourceOptions? opts = null)
    public BackendService(String name, BackendServiceArgs args)
    public BackendService(String name, BackendServiceArgs args, CustomResourceOptions options)
    
    type: google-native:compute/beta:BackendService
    properties: # The arguments to resource properties.
    options: # Bag of options to control resource's behavior.
    
    
    name string
    The unique name of the resource.
    args BackendServiceArgs
    The arguments to resource properties.
    opts CustomResourceOptions
    Bag of options to control resource's behavior.
    resource_name str
    The unique name of the resource.
    args BackendServiceArgs
    The arguments to resource properties.
    opts ResourceOptions
    Bag of options to control resource's behavior.
    ctx Context
    Context object for the current deployment.
    name string
    The unique name of the resource.
    args BackendServiceArgs
    The arguments to resource properties.
    opts ResourceOption
    Bag of options to control resource's behavior.
    name string
    The unique name of the resource.
    args BackendServiceArgs
    The arguments to resource properties.
    opts CustomResourceOptions
    Bag of options to control resource's behavior.
    name String
    The unique name of the resource.
    args BackendServiceArgs
    The arguments to resource properties.
    options CustomResourceOptions
    Bag of options to control resource's behavior.

    BackendService Resource Properties

    To learn more about resource properties and how to use them, see Inputs and Outputs in the Architecture and Concepts docs.

    Inputs

    The BackendService resource accepts the following input properties:

    AffinityCookieTtlSec int

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    Backends List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Backend>

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    CdnPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicy

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    CircuitBreakers Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.CircuitBreakers
    CompressionMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceCompressionMode

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    ConnectionDraining Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.ConnectionDraining
    ConnectionTrackingPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ConsistentHash Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    CustomRequestHeaders List<string>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    CustomResponseHeaders List<string>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    EnableCDN bool

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    FailoverPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceFailoverPolicy

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    HealthChecks List<string>

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    Iap Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceIAP

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    LoadBalancingScheme Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    LocalityLbPolicies List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig>

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    LocalityLbPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    LogConfig Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceLogConfig

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    MaxStreamDuration Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Duration

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    Metadatas Dictionary<string, string>

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    Name string

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    Network string

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    OutlierDetection Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.OutlierDetection

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    Port int

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    PortName string

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    Project string
    Protocol Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceProtocol

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    RequestId string

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    SecuritySettings Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.SecuritySettings

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    ServiceBindings List<string>

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    SessionAffinity Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceSessionAffinity

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    Subsetting Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Subsetting
    TimeoutSec int

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    AffinityCookieTtlSec int

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    Backends []BackendArgs

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    CdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    CircuitBreakers CircuitBreakersArgs
    CompressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    ConnectionDraining ConnectionDrainingArgs
    ConnectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ConsistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    CustomRequestHeaders []string

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    CustomResponseHeaders []string

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    EnableCDN bool

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    FailoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    HealthChecks []string

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    Iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    LoadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    LocalityLbPolicies []BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    LocalityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    LogConfig BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    MaxStreamDuration DurationArgs

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    Metadatas map[string]string

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    Name string

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    Network string

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    OutlierDetection OutlierDetectionArgs

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    Port int

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    PortName string

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    Project string
    Protocol BackendServiceProtocol

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    RequestId string

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    SecuritySettings SecuritySettingsArgs

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    ServiceBindings []string

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    SessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    Subsetting SubsettingArgs
    TimeoutSec int

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    affinityCookieTtlSec Integer

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    backends List<Backend>

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    cdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicy

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    circuitBreakers CircuitBreakers
    compressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    connectionDraining ConnectionDraining
    connectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    consistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    customRequestHeaders List<String>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    customResponseHeaders List<String>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    enableCDN Boolean

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    failoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicy

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    healthChecks List<String>

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    iap BackendServiceIAP

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    loadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    localityLbPolicies List<BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig>

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    localityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    logConfig BackendServiceLogConfig

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    maxStreamDuration Duration

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    metadatas Map<String,String>

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    name String

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    network String

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    outlierDetection OutlierDetection

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    port Integer

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    portName String

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    project String
    protocol BackendServiceProtocol

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    requestId String

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    securitySettings SecuritySettings

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    serviceBindings List<String>

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    sessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    subsetting Subsetting
    timeoutSec Integer

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    affinityCookieTtlSec number

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    backends Backend[]

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    cdnPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicy

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    circuitBreakers CircuitBreakers
    compressionMode BackendServiceCompressionMode

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    connectionDraining ConnectionDraining
    connectionTrackingPolicy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    consistentHash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    customRequestHeaders string[]

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    customResponseHeaders string[]

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    enableCDN boolean

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    failoverPolicy BackendServiceFailoverPolicy

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    healthChecks string[]

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    iap BackendServiceIAP

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    loadBalancingScheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    localityLbPolicies BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig[]

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    localityLbPolicy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    logConfig BackendServiceLogConfig

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    maxStreamDuration Duration

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    metadatas {[key: string]: string}

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    name string

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    network string

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    outlierDetection OutlierDetection

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    port number

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    portName string

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    project string
    protocol BackendServiceProtocol

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    requestId string

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    securitySettings SecuritySettings

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    serviceBindings string[]

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    sessionAffinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    subsetting Subsetting
    timeoutSec number

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    affinity_cookie_ttl_sec int

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    backends Sequence[BackendArgs]

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    cdn_policy BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    circuit_breakers CircuitBreakersArgs
    compression_mode BackendServiceCompressionMode

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    connection_draining ConnectionDrainingArgs
    connection_tracking_policy BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    consistent_hash ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    custom_request_headers Sequence[str]

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    custom_response_headers Sequence[str]

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    description str

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    enable_cdn bool

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    failover_policy BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    health_checks Sequence[str]

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    iap BackendServiceIAPArgs

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    load_balancing_scheme BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    locality_lb_policies Sequence[BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs]

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    locality_lb_policy BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    log_config BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    max_stream_duration DurationArgs

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    metadatas Mapping[str, str]

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    name str

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    network str

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    outlier_detection OutlierDetectionArgs

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    port int

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    port_name str

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    project str
    protocol BackendServiceProtocol

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    request_id str

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    security_settings SecuritySettingsArgs

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    service_bindings Sequence[str]

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    session_affinity BackendServiceSessionAffinity

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    subsetting SubsettingArgs
    timeout_sec int

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    affinityCookieTtlSec Number

    Lifetime of cookies in seconds. This setting is applicable to external and internal HTTP(S) load balancers and Traffic Director and requires GENERATED_COOKIE or HTTP_COOKIE session affinity. If set to 0, the cookie is non-persistent and lasts only until the end of the browser session (or equivalent). The maximum allowed value is two weeks (1,209,600). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    backends List<Property Map>

    The list of backends that serve this BackendService.

    cdnPolicy Property Map

    Cloud CDN configuration for this BackendService. Only available for specified load balancer types.

    circuitBreakers Property Map
    compressionMode "AUTOMATIC" | "DISABLED"

    Compress text responses using Brotli or gzip compression, based on the client's Accept-Encoding header.

    connectionDraining Property Map
    connectionTrackingPolicy Property Map

    Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService. Connection tracking policy settings are only available for Network Load Balancing and Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    consistentHash Property Map

    Consistent Hash-based load balancing can be used to provide soft session affinity based on HTTP headers, cookies or other properties. This load balancing policy is applicable only for HTTP connections. The affinity to a particular destination host will be lost when one or more hosts are added/removed from the destination service. This field specifies parameters that control consistent hashing. This field is only applicable when localityLbPolicy is set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    customRequestHeaders List<String>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied requests. See Creating custom headers.

    customResponseHeaders List<String>

    Headers that the load balancer adds to proxied responses. See Creating custom headers.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    enableCDN Boolean

    If true, enables Cloud CDN for the backend service of an external HTTP(S) load balancer.

    failoverPolicy Property Map

    Requires at least one backend instance group to be defined as a backup (failover) backend. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    healthChecks List<String>

    The list of URLs to the healthChecks, httpHealthChecks (legacy), or httpsHealthChecks (legacy) resource for health checking this backend service. Not all backend services support legacy health checks. See Load balancer guide. Currently, at most one health check can be specified for each backend service. Backend services with instance group or zonal NEG backends must have a health check. Backend services with internet or serverless NEG backends must not have a health check.

    iap Property Map

    The configurations for Identity-Aware Proxy on this resource. Not available for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing.

    loadBalancingScheme "EXTERNAL" | "EXTERNAL_MANAGED" | "INTERNAL" | "INTERNAL_MANAGED" | "INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED" | "INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME"

    Specifies the load balancer type. A backend service created for one type of load balancer cannot be used with another. For more information, refer to Choosing a load balancer.

    localityLbPolicies List<Property Map>

    A list of locality load-balancing policies to be used in order of preference. When you use localityLbPolicies, you must set at least one value for either the localityLbPolicies[].policy or the localityLbPolicies[].customPolicy field. localityLbPolicies overrides any value set in the localityLbPolicy field. For an example of how to use this field, see Define a list of preferred policies. Caution: This field and its children are intended for use in a service mesh that includes gRPC clients only. Envoy proxies can't use backend services that have this configuration.

    localityLbPolicy "INVALID_LB_POLICY" | "LEAST_REQUEST" | "MAGLEV" | "ORIGINAL_DESTINATION" | "RANDOM" | "RING_HASH" | "ROUND_ROBIN" | "WEIGHTED_MAGLEV"

    The load balancing algorithm used within the scope of the locality. The possible values are: - ROUND_ROBIN: This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default. - LEAST_REQUEST: An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests. - RING_HASH: The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests. - RANDOM: The load balancer selects a random healthy host. - ORIGINAL_DESTINATION: Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer. - MAGLEV: used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824 This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, or HTTP2, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If sessionAffinity is not NONE, and this field is not set to MAGLEV or RING_HASH, session affinity settings will not take effect. Only ROUND_ROBIN and RING_HASH are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    logConfig Property Map

    This field denotes the logging options for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Stackdriver.

    maxStreamDuration Property Map

    Specifies the default maximum duration (timeout) for streams to this service. Duration is computed from the beginning of the stream until the response has been completely processed, including all retries. A stream that does not complete in this duration is closed. If not specified, there will be no timeout limit, i.e. the maximum duration is infinite. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. This field is only allowed when the loadBalancingScheme of the backend service is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    metadatas Map<String>

    Deployment metadata associated with the resource to be set by a GKE hub controller and read by the backend RCTH

    name String

    Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])? which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.

    network String

    The URL of the network to which this backend service belongs. This field can only be specified when the load balancing scheme is set to INTERNAL.

    outlierDetection Property Map

    Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing pool for the backend service. If not set, this feature is considered disabled. This field is applicable to either: - A regional backend service with the service_protocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, or GRPC, and load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED. - A global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    port Number

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    Deprecated:

    Deprecated in favor of portName. The TCP port to connect on the backend. The default value is 80. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port.

    portName String

    A named port on a backend instance group representing the port for communication to the backend VMs in that group. The named port must be defined on each backend instance group. This parameter has no meaning if the backends are NEGs. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing, omit port_name.

    project String
    protocol "GRPC" | "HTTP" | "HTTP2" | "HTTPS" | "SSL" | "TCP" | "UDP" | "UNSPECIFIED"

    The protocol this BackendService uses to communicate with backends. Possible values are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2, TCP, SSL, UDP or GRPC. depending on the chosen load balancer or Traffic Director configuration. Refer to the documentation for the load balancers or for Traffic Director for more information. Must be set to GRPC when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy.

    requestId String

    An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

    securitySettings Property Map

    This field specifies the security settings that apply to this backend service. This field is applicable to a global backend service with the load_balancing_scheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.

    serviceBindings List<String>

    URLs of networkservices.ServiceBinding resources. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If set, lists of backends and health checks must be both empty.

    sessionAffinity "CLIENT_IP" | "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION" | "CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO" | "CLIENT_IP_PROTO" | "GENERATED_COOKIE" | "HEADER_FIELD" | "HTTP_COOKIE" | "NONE"

    Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. Only NONE and HEADER_FIELD are supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For more details, see: Session Affinity.

    subsetting Property Map
    timeoutSec Number

    The backend service timeout has a different meaning depending on the type of load balancer. For more information see, Backend service settings. The default is 30 seconds. The full range of timeout values allowed goes from 1 through 2,147,483,647 seconds. This value can be overridden in the PathMatcher configuration of the UrlMap that references this backend service. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration.

    Outputs

    All input properties are implicitly available as output properties. Additionally, the BackendService resource produces the following output properties:

    CreationTimestamp string

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    EdgeSecurityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    Fingerprint string

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    Id string

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    Kind string

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    Region string

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    SecurityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    SelfLink string

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    CreationTimestamp string

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    EdgeSecurityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    Fingerprint string

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    Id string

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    Kind string

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    Region string

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    SecurityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    SelfLink string

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    creationTimestamp String

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    edgeSecurityPolicy String

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    fingerprint String

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    id String

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    kind String

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    region String

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    securityPolicy String

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    selfLink String

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    creationTimestamp string

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    edgeSecurityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    fingerprint string

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    id string

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    kind string

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    region string

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    securityPolicy string

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    selfLink string

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    creation_timestamp str

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    edge_security_policy str

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    fingerprint str

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    id str

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    kind str

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    region str

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    security_policy str

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    self_link str

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    creationTimestamp String

    Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.

    edgeSecurityPolicy String

    The resource URL for the edge security policy associated with this backend service.

    fingerprint String

    Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a BackendService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the BackendService, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a BackendService.

    id String

    The provider-assigned unique ID for this managed resource.

    kind String

    Type of resource. Always compute#backendService for backend services.

    region String

    URL of the region where the regional backend service resides. This field is not applicable to global backend services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.

    securityPolicy String

    The resource URL for the security policy associated with this backend service.

    selfLink String

    Server-defined URL for the resource.

    Supporting Types

    AWSV4Signature, AWSV4SignatureArgs

    AccessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    AccessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    AccessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    OriginRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    AccessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    AccessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    AccessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    OriginRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey String

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId String

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion String

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion String

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    access_key str

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    access_key_id str

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    access_key_version str

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    origin_region str

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey String

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId String

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion String

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion String

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    AWSV4SignatureResponse, AWSV4SignatureResponseArgs

    AccessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    AccessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    AccessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    OriginRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    AccessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    AccessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    AccessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    OriginRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey String

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId String

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion String

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion String

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey string

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId string

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion string

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion string

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    access_key str

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    access_key_id str

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    access_key_version str

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    origin_region str

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    accessKey String

    The access key used for s3 bucket authentication. Required for updating or creating a backend that uses AWS v4 signature authentication, but will not be returned as part of the configuration when queried with a REST API GET request. @InputOnly

    accessKeyId String

    The identifier of an access key used for s3 bucket authentication.

    accessKeyVersion String

    The optional version identifier for the access key. You can use this to keep track of different iterations of your access key.

    originRegion String

    The name of the cloud region of your origin. This is a free-form field with the name of the region your cloud uses to host your origin. For example, "us-east-1" for AWS or "us-ashburn-1" for OCI.

    Backend, BackendArgs

    BalancingMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendBalancingMode

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    CapacityScaler double

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    Failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    Group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    MaxConnections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerInstance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxRate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerEndpoint double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerInstance double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxUtilization double

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    BalancingMode BackendBalancingMode

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    CapacityScaler float64

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    Failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    Group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    MaxConnections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerInstance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxRate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerEndpoint float64

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerInstance float64

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxUtilization float64

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode BackendBalancingMode

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler Double

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover Boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group String

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate Integer

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint Double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance Double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization Double

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode BackendBalancingMode

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler number

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate number

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization number

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancing_mode BackendBalancingMode

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacity_scaler float

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description str

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group str

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    max_connections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_connections_per_endpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_connections_per_instance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_rate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_rate_per_endpoint float

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_rate_per_instance float

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_utilization float

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode "CONNECTION" | "RATE" | "UTILIZATION"

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler Number

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover Boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group String

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate Number

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint Number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance Number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization Number

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    BackendBalancingMode, BackendBalancingModeArgs

    Connection
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    Rate
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    Utilization
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    BackendBalancingModeConnection
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    BackendBalancingModeRate
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    BackendBalancingModeUtilization
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    Connection
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    Rate
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    Utilization
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    Connection
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    Rate
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    Utilization
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    CONNECTION
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    RATE
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    UTILIZATION
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    "CONNECTION"
    CONNECTION

    Balance based on the number of simultaneous connections.

    "RATE"
    RATE

    Balance based on requests per second (RPS).

    "UTILIZATION"
    UTILIZATION

    Balance based on the backend utilization.

    BackendResponse, BackendResponseArgs

    BalancingMode string

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    CapacityScaler double

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    Failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    Group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    MaxConnections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerInstance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxRate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerEndpoint double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerInstance double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxUtilization double

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    BalancingMode string

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    CapacityScaler float64

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    Description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    Failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    Group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    MaxConnections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerEndpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxConnectionsPerInstance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    MaxRate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerEndpoint float64

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxRatePerInstance float64

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    MaxUtilization float64

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode String

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler Double

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover Boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group String

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance Integer

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate Integer

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint Double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance Double

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization Double

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode string

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler number

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description string

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group string

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate number

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization number

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancing_mode str

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacity_scaler float

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description str

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover bool

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group str

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    max_connections int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_connections_per_endpoint int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_connections_per_instance int

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    max_rate int

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_rate_per_endpoint float

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_rate_per_instance float

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    max_utilization float

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    balancingMode String

    Specifies how to determine whether the backend of a load balancer can handle additional traffic or is fully loaded. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode. Backends must use compatible balancing modes. For more information, see Supported balancing modes and target capacity settings and Restrictions and guidance for instance groups. Note: Currently, if you use the API to configure incompatible balancing modes, the configuration might be accepted even though it has no impact and is ignored. Specifically, Backend.maxUtilization is ignored when Backend.balancingMode is RATE. In the future, this incompatible combination will be rejected.

    capacityScaler Number

    A multiplier applied to the backend's target capacity of its balancing mode. The default value is 1, which means the group serves up to 100% of its configured capacity (depending on balancingMode). A setting of 0 means the group is completely drained, offering 0% of its available capacity. The valid ranges are 0.0 and [0.1,1.0]. You cannot configure a setting larger than 0 and smaller than 0.1. You cannot configure a setting of 0 when there is only one backend attached to the backend service. Not available with backends that don't support using a balancingMode. This includes backends such as global internet NEGs, regional serverless NEGs, and PSC NEGs.

    description String

    An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.

    failover Boolean

    This field designates whether this is a failover backend. More than one failover backend can be configured for a given BackendService.

    group String

    The fully-qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group (NEG) resource. To determine what types of backends a load balancer supports, see the Backend services overview. You must use the fully-qualified URL (starting with https://www.googleapis.com/) to specify the instance group or NEG. Partial URLs are not supported.

    maxConnections Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerEndpoint Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxConnectionsPerInstance Number

    Defines a target maximum number of simultaneous connections. For usage guidelines, see Connection balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is RATE.

    maxRate Number

    Defines a maximum number of HTTP requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerEndpoint Number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxRatePerInstance Number

    Defines a maximum target for requests per second (RPS). For usage guidelines, see Rate balancing mode and Utilization balancing mode. Not available if the backend's balancingMode is CONNECTION.

    maxUtilization Number

    Optional parameter to define a target capacity for the UTILIZATION balancing mode. The valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. For usage guidelines, see Utilization balancing mode.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicy, BackendServiceCdnPolicyArgs

    BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    CacheKeyPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.CacheKeyPolicy

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    CacheMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ClientTtl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    DefaultTtl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    MaxTtl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    NegativeCaching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    NegativeCachingPolicy List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    RequestCoalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    ServeWhileStale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders []BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    CacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    CacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ClientTtl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    DefaultTtl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    MaxTtl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    NegativeCaching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    NegativeCachingPolicy []BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    RequestCoalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    ServeWhileStale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl Integer

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl Integer

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl Integer

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching Boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing Boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale Integer

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader[]

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicy

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl number

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl number

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl number

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy[]

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale number

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    bypass_cache_on_request_headers Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader]

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cache_key_policy CacheKeyPolicy

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cache_mode BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    client_ttl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    default_ttl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    max_ttl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negative_caching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negative_caching_policy Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy]

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    request_coalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serve_while_stale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signed_url_cache_max_age_sec str

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Property Map>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy Property Map

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode "CACHE_ALL_STATIC" | "FORCE_CACHE_ALL" | "INVALID_CACHE_MODE" | "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl Number

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl Number

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl Number

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching Boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy List<Property Map>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing Boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale Number

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeader, BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderArgs

    HeaderName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    HeaderName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName String

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    header_name str

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName String

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse, BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponseArgs

    HeaderName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    HeaderName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName String

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName string

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    header_name str

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    headerName String

    The header field name to match on when bypassing cache. Values are case-insensitive.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheMode, BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeArgs

    CacheAllStatic
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ForceCacheAll
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    InvalidCacheMode
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    UseOriginHeaders
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeCacheAllStatic
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeForceCacheAll
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeInvalidCacheMode
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    BackendServiceCdnPolicyCacheModeUseOriginHeaders
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    CacheAllStatic
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ForceCacheAll
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    InvalidCacheMode
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    UseOriginHeaders
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    CacheAllStatic
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ForceCacheAll
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    InvalidCacheMode
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    UseOriginHeaders
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    CACHE_ALL_STATIC
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    FORCE_CACHE_ALL
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    "CACHE_ALL_STATIC"
    CACHE_ALL_STATIC

    Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    "FORCE_CACHE_ALL"
    FORCE_CACHE_ALL

    Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content.

    "INVALID_CACHE_MODE"
    INVALID_CACHE_MODE
    "USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS"
    USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS

    Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicy, BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyArgs

    Code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    Ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    Code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    Ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code Integer

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl Integer

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code number

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl number

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code Number

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl Number

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse, BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponseArgs

    Code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    Ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    Code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    Ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code Integer

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl Integer

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code number

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl number

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code int

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl int

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    code Number

    The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 are can be specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than once.

    ttl Number

    The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the corresponding status code. The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    BackendServiceCdnPolicyResponse, BackendServiceCdnPolicyResponseArgs

    BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    CacheKeyPolicy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.CacheKeyPolicyResponse

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    CacheMode string

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ClientTtl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    DefaultTtl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    MaxTtl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    NegativeCaching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    NegativeCachingPolicy List<Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    RequestCoalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    ServeWhileStale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    SignedUrlKeyNames List<string>

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    BypassCacheOnRequestHeaders []BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    CacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    CacheMode string

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    ClientTtl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    DefaultTtl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    MaxTtl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    NegativeCaching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    NegativeCachingPolicy []BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    RequestCoalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    ServeWhileStale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    SignedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    SignedUrlKeyNames []string

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode String

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl Integer

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl Integer

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl Integer

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching Boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy List<BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing Boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale Integer

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    signedUrlKeyNames List<String>

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse[]

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy CacheKeyPolicyResponse

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode string

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl number

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl number

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl number

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse[]

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale number

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec string

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    signedUrlKeyNames string[]

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    bypass_cache_on_request_headers Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyBypassCacheOnRequestHeaderResponse]

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cache_key_policy CacheKeyPolicyResponse

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cache_mode str

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    client_ttl int

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    default_ttl int

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    max_ttl int

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negative_caching bool

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negative_caching_policy Sequence[BackendServiceCdnPolicyNegativeCachingPolicyResponse]

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    request_coalescing bool

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serve_while_stale int

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signed_url_cache_max_age_sec str

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    signed_url_key_names Sequence[str]

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    bypassCacheOnRequestHeaders List<Property Map>

    Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched - e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Up to 5 headers can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all cdnPolicy.cacheMode settings.

    cacheKeyPolicy Property Map

    The CacheKeyPolicy for this CdnPolicy.

    cacheMode String

    Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.

    clientTtl Number

    Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year).

    defaultTtl Number

    Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    maxTtl Number

    Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL.

    negativeCaching Boolean

    Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.

    negativeCachingPolicy List<Property Map>

    Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default negative caching when a policy exists.

    requestCoalescing Boolean

    If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill requests into a small number of requests to the origin.

    serveWhileStale Number

    Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing the cache. This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-max-age) of a cached response. The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale.

    signedUrlCacheMaxAgeSec String

    Maximum number of seconds the response to a signed URL request will be considered fresh. After this time period, the response will be revalidated before being served. Defaults to 1hr (3600s). When serving responses to signed URL requests, Cloud CDN will internally behave as though all responses from this backend had a "Cache-Control: public, max-age=[TTL]" header, regardless of any existing Cache-Control header. The actual headers served in responses will not be altered.

    signedUrlKeyNames List<String>

    Names of the keys for signing request URLs.

    BackendServiceCompressionMode, BackendServiceCompressionModeArgs

    Automatic
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    Disabled
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    BackendServiceCompressionModeAutomatic
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    BackendServiceCompressionModeDisabled
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    Automatic
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    Disabled
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    Automatic
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    Disabled
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    AUTOMATIC
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    DISABLED
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    "AUTOMATIC"
    AUTOMATIC

    Automatically uses the best compression based on the Accept-Encoding header sent by the client.

    "DISABLED"
    DISABLED

    Disables compression. Existing compressed responses cached by Cloud CDN will not be served to clients.

    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicy, BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyArgs

    ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    EnableStrongAffinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    IdleTimeoutSec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    TrackingMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    EnableStrongAffinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    IdleTimeoutSec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    TrackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity Boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec Integer

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec number

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connection_persistence_on_unhealthy_backends BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enable_strong_affinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idle_timeout_sec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    tracking_mode BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends "ALWAYS_PERSIST" | "DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL" | "NEVER_PERSIST"

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity Boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec Number

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode "INVALID_TRACKING_MODE" | "PER_CONNECTION" | "PER_SESSION"

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends, BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsArgs

    AlwaysPersist
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    DefaultForProtocol
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    NeverPersist
    NEVER_PERSIST
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsAlwaysPersist
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsDefaultForProtocol
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackendsNeverPersist
    NEVER_PERSIST
    AlwaysPersist
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    DefaultForProtocol
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    NeverPersist
    NEVER_PERSIST
    AlwaysPersist
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    DefaultForProtocol
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    NeverPersist
    NEVER_PERSIST
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    NEVER_PERSIST
    NEVER_PERSIST
    "ALWAYS_PERSIST"
    ALWAYS_PERSIST
    "DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL"
    DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL
    "NEVER_PERSIST"
    NEVER_PERSIST

    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyResponse, BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyResponseArgs

    ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    EnableStrongAffinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    IdleTimeoutSec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    TrackingMode string

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ConnectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    EnableStrongAffinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    IdleTimeoutSec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    TrackingMode string

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends String

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity Boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec Integer

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode String

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends string

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec number

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode string

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connection_persistence_on_unhealthy_backends str

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enable_strong_affinity bool

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idle_timeout_sec int

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    tracking_mode str

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends String

    Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default. For more details, see Connection Persistence for Network Load Balancing and Connection Persistence for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    enableStrongAffinity Boolean

    Enable Strong Session Affinity for Network Load Balancing. This option is not available publicly.

    idleTimeoutSec Number

    Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: - The minimum (default) is 10 minutes and the maximum is 16 hours. - It can be set only if Connection Tracking is less than 5-tuple (i.e. Session Affinity is CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION, CLIENT_IP or CLIENT_IP_PROTO, and Tracking Mode is PER_SESSION). For Network Load Balancer the default is 60 seconds. This option is not available publicly.

    trackingMode String

    Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: - PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. - PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity. For more details, see Tracking Mode for Network Load Balancing and Tracking Mode for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingMode, BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModeArgs

    InvalidTrackingMode
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    PerConnection
    PER_CONNECTION
    PerSession
    PER_SESSION
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModeInvalidTrackingMode
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModePerConnection
    PER_CONNECTION
    BackendServiceConnectionTrackingPolicyTrackingModePerSession
    PER_SESSION
    InvalidTrackingMode
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    PerConnection
    PER_CONNECTION
    PerSession
    PER_SESSION
    InvalidTrackingMode
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    PerConnection
    PER_CONNECTION
    PerSession
    PER_SESSION
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    PER_CONNECTION
    PER_CONNECTION
    PER_SESSION
    PER_SESSION
    "INVALID_TRACKING_MODE"
    INVALID_TRACKING_MODE
    "PER_CONNECTION"
    PER_CONNECTION
    "PER_SESSION"
    PER_SESSION

    BackendServiceFailoverPolicy, BackendServiceFailoverPolicyArgs

    DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    FailoverRatio double

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    FailoverRatio float64

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio Double

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio number

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disable_connection_drain_on_failover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    drop_traffic_if_unhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failover_ratio float

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio Number

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceFailoverPolicyResponse, BackendServiceFailoverPolicyResponseArgs

    DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    FailoverRatio double

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    DisableConnectionDrainOnFailover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    DropTrafficIfUnhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    FailoverRatio float64

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio Double

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio number

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disable_connection_drain_on_failover bool

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    drop_traffic_if_unhealthy bool

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failover_ratio float

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    disableConnectionDrainOnFailover Boolean

    This can be set to true only if the protocol is TCP. The default is false.

    dropTrafficIfUnhealthy Boolean

    If set to true, connections to the load balancer are dropped when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy.If set to false, connections are distributed among all primary VMs when all primary and all backup backend VMs are unhealthy. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing. The default is false.

    failoverRatio Number

    The value of the field must be in the range [0, 1]. If the value is 0, the load balancer performs a failover when the number of healthy primary VMs equals zero. For all other values, the load balancer performs a failover when the total number of healthy primary VMs is less than this ratio. For load balancers that have configurable failover: Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and external TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceIAP, BackendServiceIAPArgs

    Enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    Oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    Oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    Enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    Oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    Oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    enabled Boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId String

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret String

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    enabled boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2_client_id str

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2_client_secret str

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    enabled Boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId String

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret String

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    BackendServiceIAPResponse, BackendServiceIAPResponseArgs

    Enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    Oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    Oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    Oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    Enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    Oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    Oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    Oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    enabled Boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId String

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret String

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    oauth2ClientSecretSha256 String

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    enabled boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId string

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret string

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    oauth2ClientSecretSha256 string

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    enabled bool

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2_client_id str

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2_client_secret str

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    oauth2_client_secret_sha256 str

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    enabled Boolean

    Whether the serving infrastructure will authenticate and authorize all incoming requests. If true, the oauth2ClientId and oauth2ClientSecret fields must be non-empty.

    oauth2ClientId String

    OAuth2 client ID to use for the authentication flow.

    oauth2ClientSecret String

    OAuth2 client secret to use for the authentication flow. For security reasons, this value cannot be retrieved via the API. Instead, the SHA-256 hash of the value is returned in the oauth2ClientSecretSha256 field. @InputOnly

    oauth2ClientSecretSha256 String

    SHA256 hash value for the field oauth2_client_secret above.

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingScheme, BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeArgs

    External
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    ExternalManaged
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    Internal
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    InternalManaged
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    InternalSelfManaged
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    InvalidLoadBalancingScheme
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeExternal
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeExternalManaged
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternal
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternalManaged
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInternalSelfManaged
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    BackendServiceLoadBalancingSchemeInvalidLoadBalancingScheme
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    External
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    ExternalManaged
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    Internal
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    InternalManaged
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    InternalSelfManaged
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    InvalidLoadBalancingScheme
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    External
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    ExternalManaged
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    Internal
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    InternalManaged
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    InternalSelfManaged
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    InvalidLoadBalancingScheme
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    EXTERNAL
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    EXTERNAL_MANAGED
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    INTERNAL
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    INTERNAL_MANAGED
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME
    "EXTERNAL"
    EXTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for external HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, or Network Load Balancing

    "EXTERNAL_MANAGED"
    EXTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for External Managed HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    "INTERNAL"
    INTERNAL

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    "INTERNAL_MANAGED"
    INTERNAL_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used for Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.

    "INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED"
    INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED

    Signifies that this will be used by Traffic Director.

    "INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME"
    INVALID_LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicy, BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyArgs

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyInvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyLeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyMaglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyOriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRandom
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyRoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    BackendServiceLocalityLbPolicyWeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LEAST_REQUEST
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    MAGLEV
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    RANDOM
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RING_HASH
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    ROUND_ROBIN
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    "INVALID_LB_POLICY"
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    "LEAST_REQUEST"
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    "MAGLEV"
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    "ORIGINAL_DESTINATION"
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    "RANDOM"
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    "RING_HASH"
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    "ROUND_ROBIN"
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    "WEIGHTED_MAGLEV"
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfig, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigArgs

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicy, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyArgs

    Data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    Name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    Data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    Name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data String

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name String

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data str

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name str

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data String

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name String

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponse, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigCustomPolicyResponseArgs

    Data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    Name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    Data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    Name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data String

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name String

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data string

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name string

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data str

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name str

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    data String

    An optional, arbitrary JSON object with configuration data, understood by a locally installed custom policy implementation.

    name String

    Identifies the custom policy. The value should match the name of a custom implementation registered on the gRPC clients. It should follow protocol buffer message naming conventions and include the full path (for example, myorg.CustomLbPolicy). The maximum length is 256 characters. Do not specify the same custom policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected. For an example of how to use this field, see Use a custom policy.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicy, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyArgs

    Name Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    Name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name "INVALID_LB_POLICY" | "LEAST_REQUEST" | "MAGLEV" | "ORIGINAL_DESTINATION" | "RANDOM" | "RING_HASH" | "ROUND_ROBIN" | "WEIGHTED_MAGLEV"

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyName, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameArgs

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameInvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameLeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameMaglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameOriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRandom
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameRoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyNameWeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    InvalidLbPolicy
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LeastRequest
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    Maglev
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    OriginalDestination
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    Random
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RingHash
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    RoundRobin
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WeightedMaglev
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    LEAST_REQUEST
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    MAGLEV
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    RANDOM
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    RING_HASH
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    ROUND_ROBIN
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    "INVALID_LB_POLICY"
    INVALID_LB_POLICY
    "LEAST_REQUEST"
    LEAST_REQUEST

    An O(1) algorithm which selects two random healthy hosts and picks the host which has fewer active requests.

    "MAGLEV"
    MAGLEV

    This algorithm implements consistent hashing to backends. Maglev can be used as a drop in replacement for the ring hash load balancer. Maglev is not as stable as ring hash but has faster table lookup build times and host selection times. For more information about Maglev, see https://ai.google/research/pubs/pub44824

    "ORIGINAL_DESTINATION"
    ORIGINAL_DESTINATION

    Backend host is selected based on the client connection metadata, i.e., connections are opened to the same address as the destination address of the incoming connection before the connection was redirected to the load balancer.

    "RANDOM"
    RANDOM

    The load balancer selects a random healthy host.

    "RING_HASH"
    RING_HASH

    The ring/modulo hash load balancer implements consistent hashing to backends. The algorithm has the property that the addition/removal of a host from a set of N hosts only affects 1/N of the requests.

    "ROUND_ROBIN"
    ROUND_ROBIN

    This is a simple policy in which each healthy backend is selected in round robin order. This is the default.

    "WEIGHTED_MAGLEV"
    WEIGHTED_MAGLEV

    Per-instance weighted Load Balancing via health check reported weights. If set, the Backend Service must configure a non legacy HTTP-based Health Check, and health check replies are expected to contain non-standard HTTP response header field X-Load-Balancing-Endpoint-Weight to specify the per-instance weights. If set, Load Balancing is weighted based on the per-instance weights reported in the last processed health check replies, as long as every instance either reported a valid weight or had UNAVAILABLE_WEIGHT. Otherwise, Load Balancing remains equal-weight. This option is only supported in Network Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponse, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigPolicyResponseArgs

    Name string

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    Name string

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name String

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name string

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name str

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    name String

    The name of a locality load-balancing policy. Valid values include ROUND_ROBIN and, for Java clients, LEAST_REQUEST. For information about these values, see the description of localityLbPolicy. Do not specify the same policy more than once for a backend. If you do, the configuration is rejected.

    BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigResponse, BackendServiceLocalityLoadBalancingPolicyConfigResponseArgs

    BackendServiceLogConfig, BackendServiceLogConfigArgs

    Enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    OptionalFields List<string>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    OptionalMode Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    SampleRate double

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    Enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    OptionalFields []string

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    OptionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    SampleRate float64

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable Boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields List<String>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate Double

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields string[]

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate number

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optional_fields Sequence[str]

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optional_mode BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sample_rate float

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable Boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields List<String>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode "CUSTOM" | "EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL" | "INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL"

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate Number

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalMode, BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeArgs

    Custom
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    ExcludeAllOptional
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    IncludeAllOptional
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeCustom
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeExcludeAllOptional
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    BackendServiceLogConfigOptionalModeIncludeAllOptional
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    Custom
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    ExcludeAllOptional
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    IncludeAllOptional
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    Custom
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    ExcludeAllOptional
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    IncludeAllOptional
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    CUSTOM
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    "CUSTOM"
    CUSTOM

    A subset of optional fields.

    "EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL"
    EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    None optional fields.

    "INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL"
    INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL

    All optional fields.

    BackendServiceLogConfigResponse, BackendServiceLogConfigResponseArgs

    Enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    OptionalFields List<string>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    OptionalMode string

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    SampleRate double

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    Enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    OptionalFields []string

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    OptionalMode string

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    SampleRate float64

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable Boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields List<String>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode String

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate Double

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields string[]

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode string

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate number

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable bool

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optional_fields Sequence[str]

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optional_mode str

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sample_rate float

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    enable Boolean

    Denotes whether to enable logging for the load balancer traffic served by this backend service. The default value is false.

    optionalFields List<String>

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service and "logConfig.optionalMode" was set to CUSTOM. Contains a list of optional fields you want to include in the logs. For example: serverInstance, serverGkeDetails.cluster, serverGkeDetails.pod.podNamespace

    optionalMode String

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. Configures whether all, none or a subset of optional fields should be added to the reported logs. One of [INCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL, CUSTOM]. Default is EXCLUDE_ALL_OPTIONAL.

    sampleRate Number

    This field can only be specified if logging is enabled for this backend service. The value of the field must be in [0, 1]. This configures the sampling rate of requests to the load balancer where 1.0 means all logged requests are reported and 0.0 means no logged requests are reported. The default value is 1.0.

    BackendServiceProtocol, BackendServiceProtocolArgs

    Grpc
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    Http
    HTTP
    Http2
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    Https
    HTTPS
    Ssl
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    Tcp
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    Udp
    UDP

    UDP.

    Unspecified
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    BackendServiceProtocolGrpc
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    BackendServiceProtocolHttp
    HTTP
    BackendServiceProtocolHttp2
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    BackendServiceProtocolHttps
    HTTPS
    BackendServiceProtocolSsl
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    BackendServiceProtocolTcp
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    BackendServiceProtocolUdp
    UDP

    UDP.

    BackendServiceProtocolUnspecified
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    Grpc
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    Http
    HTTP
    Http2
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    Https
    HTTPS
    Ssl
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    Tcp
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    Udp
    UDP

    UDP.

    Unspecified
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    Grpc
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    Http
    HTTP
    Http2
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    Https
    HTTPS
    Ssl
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    Tcp
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    Udp
    UDP

    UDP.

    Unspecified
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    GRPC
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    HTTP
    HTTP
    HTTP2
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    HTTPS
    HTTPS
    SSL
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    TCP
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    UDP
    UDP

    UDP.

    UNSPECIFIED
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    "GRPC"
    GRPC

    gRPC (available for Traffic Director).

    "HTTP"
    HTTP
    "HTTP2"
    HTTP2

    HTTP/2 with SSL.

    "HTTPS"
    HTTPS
    "SSL"
    SSL

    TCP proxying with SSL.

    "TCP"
    TCP

    TCP proxying or TCP pass-through.

    "UDP"
    UDP

    UDP.

    "UNSPECIFIED"
    UNSPECIFIED

    If a Backend Service has UNSPECIFIED as its protocol, it can be used with any L3/L4 Forwarding Rules.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinity, BackendServiceSessionAffinityArgs

    ClientIp
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    ClientIpNoDestination
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ClientIpPortProto
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    ClientIpProto
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    GeneratedCookie
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    HeaderField
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    HttpCookie
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    None
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIp
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpNoDestination
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpPortProto
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityClientIpProto
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityGeneratedCookie
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityHeaderField
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityHttpCookie
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    BackendServiceSessionAffinityNone
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    ClientIp
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    ClientIpNoDestination
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ClientIpPortProto
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    ClientIpProto
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    GeneratedCookie
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    HeaderField
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    HttpCookie
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    None
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    ClientIp
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    ClientIpNoDestination
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    ClientIpPortProto
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    ClientIpProto
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    GeneratedCookie
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    HeaderField
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    HttpCookie
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    None
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    CLIENT_IP
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    CLIENT_IP_PROTO
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    GENERATED_COOKIE
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    HEADER_FIELD
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    HTTP_COOKIE
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    NONE
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    "CLIENT_IP"
    CLIENT_IP

    2-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses. Connections from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy.

    "CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION"
    CLIENT_IP_NO_DESTINATION

    1-tuple hash only on packet's source IP address. Connections from the same source IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option can only be used for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing.

    "CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO"
    CLIENT_IP_PORT_PROTO

    5-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, IP protocol, and source and destination ports. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address and port to the same destination IP address and port will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    "CLIENT_IP_PROTO"
    CLIENT_IP_PROTO

    3-tuple hash on packet's source and destination IP addresses, and IP protocol. Connections for the same IP protocol from the same source IP address to the same destination IP address will be served by the same backend VM while that VM remains healthy. This option cannot be used for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    "GENERATED_COOKIE"
    GENERATED_COOKIE

    Hash based on a cookie generated by the L7 loadbalancer. Only valid for HTTP(S) load balancing.

    "HEADER_FIELD"
    HEADER_FIELD

    The hash is based on a user specified header field.

    "HTTP_COOKIE"
    HTTP_COOKIE

    The hash is based on a user provided cookie.

    "NONE"
    NONE

    No session affinity. Connections from the same client IP may go to any instance in the pool.

    CacheKeyPolicy, CacheKeyPolicyArgs

    IncludeHost bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    IncludeHttpHeaders List<string>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    IncludeNamedCookies List<string>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    IncludeProtocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    IncludeQueryString bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    QueryStringBlacklist List<string>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    QueryStringWhitelist List<string>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    IncludeHost bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    IncludeHttpHeaders []string

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    IncludeNamedCookies []string

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    IncludeProtocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    IncludeQueryString bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    QueryStringBlacklist []string

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    QueryStringWhitelist []string

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost Boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders List<String>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies List<String>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol Boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString Boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders string[]

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies string[]

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist string[]

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist string[]

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    include_host bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    include_http_headers Sequence[str]

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    include_named_cookies Sequence[str]

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    include_protocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    include_query_string bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    query_string_blacklist Sequence[str]

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    query_string_whitelist Sequence[str]

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost Boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders List<String>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies List<String>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol Boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString Boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    CacheKeyPolicyResponse, CacheKeyPolicyResponseArgs

    IncludeHost bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    IncludeHttpHeaders List<string>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    IncludeNamedCookies List<string>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    IncludeProtocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    IncludeQueryString bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    QueryStringBlacklist List<string>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    QueryStringWhitelist List<string>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    IncludeHost bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    IncludeHttpHeaders []string

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    IncludeNamedCookies []string

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    IncludeProtocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    IncludeQueryString bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    QueryStringBlacklist []string

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    QueryStringWhitelist []string

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost Boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders List<String>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies List<String>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol Boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString Boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders string[]

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies string[]

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist string[]

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist string[]

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    include_host bool

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    include_http_headers Sequence[str]

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    include_named_cookies Sequence[str]

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    include_protocol bool

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    include_query_string bool

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    query_string_blacklist Sequence[str]

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    query_string_whitelist Sequence[str]

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    includeHost Boolean

    If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.

    includeHttpHeaders List<String>

    Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.

    includeNamedCookies List<String>

    Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.

    includeProtocol Boolean

    If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.

    includeQueryString Boolean

    If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to query_string_whitelist and query_string_blacklist. If neither is set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string will be excluded from the cache key entirely.

    queryStringBlacklist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other parameters will be included. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    queryStringWhitelist List<String>

    Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other parameters will be excluded. Either specify query_string_whitelist or query_string_blacklist, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded and not treated as delimiters.

    CircuitBreakers, CircuitBreakersArgs

    ConnectTimeout Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Duration

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    MaxConnections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxPendingRequests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRequests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    MaxRequestsPerConnection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRetries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConnectTimeout Duration

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    MaxConnections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxPendingRequests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRequests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    MaxRequestsPerConnection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRetries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout Duration

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections Integer

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests Integer

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests Integer

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection Integer

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries Integer

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout Duration

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections number

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests number

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests number

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection number

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries number

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connect_timeout Duration

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    max_connections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_pending_requests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_requests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    max_requests_per_connection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_retries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout Property Map

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections Number

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests Number

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests Number

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection Number

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries Number

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    CircuitBreakersResponse, CircuitBreakersResponseArgs

    ConnectTimeout Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.DurationResponse

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    MaxConnections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxPendingRequests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRequests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    MaxRequestsPerConnection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRetries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConnectTimeout DurationResponse

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    MaxConnections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxPendingRequests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRequests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    MaxRequestsPerConnection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    MaxRetries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout DurationResponse

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections Integer

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests Integer

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests Integer

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection Integer

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries Integer

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout DurationResponse

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections number

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests number

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests number

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection number

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries number

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connect_timeout DurationResponse

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    max_connections int

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_pending_requests int

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_requests int

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    max_requests_per_connection int

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    max_retries int

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    connectTimeout Property Map

    The timeout for new network connections to hosts.

    maxConnections Number

    The maximum number of connections to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxPendingRequests Number

    The maximum number of pending requests allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRequests Number

    The maximum number of parallel requests that allowed to the backend service. If not specified, there is no limit.

    maxRequestsPerConnection Number

    Maximum requests for a single connection to the backend service. This parameter is respected by both the HTTP/1.1 and HTTP/2 implementations. If not specified, there is no limit. Setting this parameter to 1 will effectively disable keep alive. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    maxRetries Number

    The maximum number of parallel retries allowed to the backend cluster. If not specified, the default is 1. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConnectionDraining, ConnectionDrainingArgs

    DrainingTimeoutSec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    DrainingTimeoutSec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec Integer

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec number

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    draining_timeout_sec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec Number

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    ConnectionDrainingResponse, ConnectionDrainingResponseArgs

    DrainingTimeoutSec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    DrainingTimeoutSec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec Integer

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec number

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    draining_timeout_sec int

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    drainingTimeoutSec Number

    Configures a duration timeout for existing requests on a removed backend instance. For supported load balancers and protocols, as described in Enabling connection draining.

    ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettings, ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsArgs

    HttpCookie Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    HttpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    MinimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    HttpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    HttpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    MinimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName String

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize String

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    http_cookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    http_header_name str

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimum_ring_size str

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie Property Map

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName String

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize String

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookie, ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieArgs

    Name string

    Name of the cookie.

    Path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    Ttl Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Duration

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    Name string

    Name of the cookie.

    Path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    Ttl Duration

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name String

    Name of the cookie.

    path String

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl Duration

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name string

    Name of the cookie.

    path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl Duration

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name str

    Name of the cookie.

    path str

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl Duration

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name String

    Name of the cookie.

    path String

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl Property Map

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse, ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponseArgs

    Name string

    Name of the cookie.

    Path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    Ttl Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.DurationResponse

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    Name string

    Name of the cookie.

    Path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    Ttl DurationResponse

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name String

    Name of the cookie.

    path String

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl DurationResponse

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name string

    Name of the cookie.

    path string

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl DurationResponse

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name str

    Name of the cookie.

    path str

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl DurationResponse

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    name String

    Name of the cookie.

    path String

    Path to set for the cookie.

    ttl Property Map

    Lifetime of the cookie.

    ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsResponse, ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsResponseArgs

    HttpCookie Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    HttpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    MinimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    HttpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    HttpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    MinimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName String

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize String

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName string

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize string

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    http_cookie ConsistentHashLoadBalancerSettingsHttpCookieResponse

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    http_header_name str

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimum_ring_size str

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    httpCookie Property Map

    Hash is based on HTTP Cookie. This field describes a HTTP cookie that will be used as the hash key for the consistent hash load balancer. If the cookie is not present, it will be generated. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HTTP_COOKIE. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    httpHeaderName String

    The hash based on the value of the specified header field. This field is applicable if the sessionAffinity is set to HEADER_FIELD.

    minimumRingSize String

    The minimum number of virtual nodes to use for the hash ring. Defaults to 1024. Larger ring sizes result in more granular load distributions. If the number of hosts in the load balancing pool is larger than the ring size, each host will be assigned a single virtual node.

    Duration, DurationArgs

    Nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    Seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    Nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    Seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos Integer

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds String

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos number

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds str

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos Number

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds String

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    DurationResponse, DurationResponseArgs

    Nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    Seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    Nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    Seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos Integer

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds String

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos number

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds string

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos int

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds str

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    nanos Number

    Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 seconds field and a positive nanos field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.

    seconds String

    Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years

    OutlierDetection, OutlierDetectionArgs

    BaseEjectionTime Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Duration

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    ConsecutiveErrors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveErrors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingSuccessRate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    Interval Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.Duration

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    MaxEjectionPercent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    SuccessRateMinimumHosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    SuccessRateRequestVolume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    SuccessRateStdevFactor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    BaseEjectionTime Duration

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    ConsecutiveErrors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveErrors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingSuccessRate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    Interval Duration

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    MaxEjectionPercent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    SuccessRateMinimumHosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    SuccessRateRequestVolume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    SuccessRateStdevFactor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime Duration

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors Integer

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure Integer

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval Duration

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent Integer

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts Integer

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume Integer

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor Integer

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime Duration

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors number

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure number

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval Duration

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent number

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts number

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume number

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor number

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    base_ejection_time Duration

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutive_errors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutive_gateway_failure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_consecutive_errors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_consecutive_gateway_failure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_success_rate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval Duration

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    max_ejection_percent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    success_rate_minimum_hosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    success_rate_request_volume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    success_rate_stdev_factor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime Property Map

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors Number

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure Number

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval Property Map

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent Number

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts Number

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume Number

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor Number

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    OutlierDetectionResponse, OutlierDetectionResponseArgs

    BaseEjectionTime Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.DurationResponse

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    ConsecutiveErrors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveErrors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingSuccessRate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    Interval Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.DurationResponse

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    MaxEjectionPercent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    SuccessRateMinimumHosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    SuccessRateRequestVolume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    SuccessRateStdevFactor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    BaseEjectionTime DurationResponse

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    ConsecutiveErrors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    ConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveErrors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    EnforcingSuccessRate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    Interval DurationResponse

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    MaxEjectionPercent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    SuccessRateMinimumHosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    SuccessRateRequestVolume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    SuccessRateStdevFactor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime DurationResponse

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors Integer

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure Integer

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate Integer

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval DurationResponse

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent Integer

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts Integer

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume Integer

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor Integer

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime DurationResponse

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors number

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure number

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval DurationResponse

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent number

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts number

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume number

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor number

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    base_ejection_time DurationResponse

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutive_errors int

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutive_gateway_failure int

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_consecutive_errors int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_consecutive_gateway_failure int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcing_success_rate int

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval DurationResponse

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    max_ejection_percent int

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    success_rate_minimum_hosts int

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    success_rate_request_volume int

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    success_rate_stdev_factor int

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    baseEjectionTime Property Map

    The base time that a host is ejected for. The real ejection time is equal to the base ejection time multiplied by the number of times the host has been ejected. Defaults to 30000ms or 30s.

    consecutiveErrors Number

    Number of errors before a host is ejected from the connection pool. When the backend host is accessed over HTTP, a 5xx return code qualifies as an error. Defaults to 5. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    consecutiveGatewayFailure Number

    The number of consecutive gateway failures (502, 503, 504 status or connection errors that are mapped to one of those status codes) before a consecutive gateway failure ejection occurs. Defaults to 3. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveErrors Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive 5xx. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 0. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingConsecutiveGatewayFailure Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through consecutive gateway failures. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100. Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true.

    enforcingSuccessRate Number

    The percentage chance that a host will be actually ejected when an outlier status is detected through success rate statistics. This setting can be used to disable ejection or to ramp it up slowly. Defaults to 100.

    interval Property Map

    Time interval between ejection analysis sweeps. This can result in both new ejections as well as hosts being returned to service. Defaults to 1 second.

    maxEjectionPercent Number

    Maximum percentage of hosts in the load balancing pool for the backend service that can be ejected. Defaults to 50%.

    successRateMinimumHosts Number

    The number of hosts in a cluster that must have enough request volume to detect success rate outliers. If the number of hosts is less than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for any host in the cluster. Defaults to 5.

    successRateRequestVolume Number

    The minimum number of total requests that must be collected in one interval (as defined by the interval duration above) to include this host in success rate based outlier detection. If the volume is lower than this setting, outlier detection via success rate statistics is not performed for that host. Defaults to 100.

    successRateStdevFactor Number

    This factor is used to determine the ejection threshold for success rate outlier ejection. The ejection threshold is the difference between the mean success rate, and the product of this factor and the standard deviation of the mean success rate: mean - (stdev * success_rate_stdev_factor). This factor is divided by a thousand to get a double. That is, if the desired factor is 1.9, the runtime value should be 1900. Defaults to 1900.

    SecuritySettings, SecuritySettingsArgs

    Authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    AwsV4Authentication Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.AWSV4Signature

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    ClientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    SubjectAltNames List<string>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    Authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    AwsV4Authentication AWSV4Signature

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    ClientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    SubjectAltNames []string

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication String

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication AWSV4Signature

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy String

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames List<String>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication AWSV4Signature

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames string[]

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication str

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    aws_v4_authentication AWSV4Signature

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    client_tls_policy str

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subject_alt_names Sequence[str]

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication String

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication Property Map

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy String

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames List<String>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    SecuritySettingsResponse, SecuritySettingsResponseArgs

    Authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    AwsV4Authentication Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.Inputs.AWSV4SignatureResponse

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    ClientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    SubjectAltNames List<string>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    Authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    AwsV4Authentication AWSV4SignatureResponse

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    ClientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    SubjectAltNames []string

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication String

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication AWSV4SignatureResponse

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy String

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames List<String>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication string

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication AWSV4SignatureResponse

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy string

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames string[]

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication str

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    aws_v4_authentication AWSV4SignatureResponse

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    client_tls_policy str

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subject_alt_names Sequence[str]

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    authentication String

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    Deprecated:

    [Deprecated] Use clientTlsPolicy instead.

    awsV4Authentication Property Map

    The configuration needed to generate a signature for access to private storage buckets that support AWS's Signature Version 4 for authentication. Allowed only for INTERNET_IP_PORT and INTERNET_FQDN_PORT NEG backends.

    clientTlsPolicy String

    Optional. A URL referring to a networksecurity.ClientTlsPolicy resource that describes how clients should authenticate with this service's backends. clientTlsPolicy only applies to a global BackendService with the loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. If left blank, communications are not encrypted.

    subjectAltNames List<String>

    Optional. A list of Subject Alternative Names (SANs) that the client verifies during a mutual TLS handshake with an server/endpoint for this BackendService. When the server presents its X.509 certificate to the client, the client inspects the certificate's subjectAltName field. If the field contains one of the specified values, the communication continues. Otherwise, it fails. This additional check enables the client to verify that the server is authorized to run the requested service. Note that the contents of the server certificate's subjectAltName field are configured by the Public Key Infrastructure which provisions server identities. Only applies to a global BackendService with loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. Only applies when BackendService has an attached clientTlsPolicy with clientCertificate (mTLS mode).

    Subsetting, SubsettingArgs

    Policy Pulumi.GoogleNative.Compute.Beta.SubsettingPolicy
    SubsetSize int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    Policy SubsettingPolicy
    SubsetSize int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy SubsettingPolicy
    subsetSize Integer

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy SubsettingPolicy
    subsetSize number

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy SubsettingPolicy
    subset_size int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy "CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING" | "NONE"
    subsetSize Number

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    SubsettingPolicy, SubsettingPolicyArgs

    ConsistentHashSubsetting
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    None
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    SubsettingPolicyConsistentHashSubsetting
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    SubsettingPolicyNone
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    ConsistentHashSubsetting
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    None
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    ConsistentHashSubsetting
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    None
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    NONE
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    "CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING"
    CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING

    Subsetting based on consistent hashing. For Traffic Director, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is based on the subset_size parameter. For Internal HTTP(S) load balancing, the number of backends per backend group (the subset size) is dynamically adjusted in two cases: - As the number of proxy instances participating in Internal HTTP(S) load balancing increases, the subset size decreases. - When the total number of backends in a network exceeds the capacity of a single proxy instance, subset sizes are reduced automatically for each service that has backend subsetting enabled.

    "NONE"
    NONE

    No Subsetting. Clients may open connections and send traffic to all backends of this backend service. This can lead to performance issues if there is substantial imbalance in the count of clients and backends.

    SubsettingResponse, SubsettingResponseArgs

    Policy string
    SubsetSize int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    Policy string
    SubsetSize int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy String
    subsetSize Integer

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy string
    subsetSize number

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy str
    subset_size int

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    policy String
    subsetSize Number

    The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING algorithm. Can only be set if policy is set to CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED or INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. subset_size is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If subset_size is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled.

    Package Details

    Repository
    Google Cloud Native pulumi/pulumi-google-native
    License
    Apache-2.0
    google-native logo

    Google Cloud Native is in preview. Google Cloud Classic is fully supported.

    Google Cloud Native v0.31.1 published on Thursday, Jul 20, 2023 by Pulumi